472 products

QCK Series Rotary Clamp Cylinder

QCK Series Rotary Clamp Cylinder

  • Product Features
  • Specifications
  • Stroke Specs
  • Ordering Code

Features

  • Welding Environment Ready: The piston rod undergoes QPQ treatment, offering superior weld spatter resistance compared to hard chrome plating.
  • Dust Protection: The front cover is equipped with a stainless steel scraper ring, which is durable and resistant to dust and welding spatter, protecting the cylinder from damage.
  • Compatibility: The body mounting dimensions and installation methods are identical to the ACQ series, allowing for the use of ACQ mounting accessories.

Specifications

Bore Size (mm) 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
Acting Type Double Acting
Fluid Air (to be filtered by 40μm filter element)
Operating Pressure 0.15~1.0MPa (22~145psi) (1.5~10bar)
Proof Pressure 1.5MPa (215psi) (15bar)
Temperature (°C) -20~70
Speed Range 50~200 mm/s
Rotation Angle 90° (Tolerance ±2°)
Rotation Direction Left (L) or Right (R)
Cushion Type Bumper
Port Size M5 x 0.8 PT1/8 PT1/4
[Note 1] PT, G, and NPT threads are available.

Stroke Specifications (mm)

Bore Size Rotary Stroke Clamping Stroke Options
12 / 16 7.5 10, 20, 30
20 / 25 9.5 10, 20, 30
32 / 40 15 10, 20, 30, 50
50 / 63 19 10, 20, 30, 50
Note: Stroke Tolerance +1.0 / 0.

Ordering Code

QCK L 32 x 10 S M FB □
No. Item Code Description
① Series QCK: Rotary Clamp Cylinder
② Rotation L: Left Rotation
R: Right Rotation
③ Bore Size 12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 (mm)
④ Clamp Stroke 10, 20, 30, 50 (Refer to Stroke Specs)
⑤ Magnet S: With Magnet
⑥ Rod End Blank: Cone type (With arm)
M: Flat type (Without arm)
⑦ Mounting [Note 1] Blank: No accessory
FB: Rear Flange
⑧ Thread [Note 2] Blank: PT Thread
G: G Thread
[Note 1] Rear flange dimensions are same as ACQ series; share the same mounting accessories.
[Note 2] When port is M5 (for Bore 12-25), this code is blank.
  • Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKL20X20SM Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKL20X20SM

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKL20X20SM

    Specifications: QCKL20X20SM is an AirTAC 20 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 20 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 20 20 mm nominal bore X20 20 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately M Flat rod end without clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 9.5 mm Straight clamping stroke 20 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK20 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 20.1 N; OUT (extension): 31.4 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 40.2 N; OUT (extension): 62.8 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 60.3 N; OUT (extension): 94.2 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 80.4 N; OUT (extension): 125.7 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 100.5 N; OUT (extension): 157.1 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 120.6 N; OUT (extension): 188.5 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 140.7 N; OUT (extension): 219.9 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 160.8 N; OUT (extension): 251.3 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 5.257e-05 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details B 36 CA — D 12 F 4 FA 3 H 10 E M8×1.25 EA 13 G 5 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 25.5 JC 36 K M6×1 KA 17 M 18 MA 3 N 17.8 P M5×0.8 PA 30 PB 6 A + 2 × clamping stroke 72.5 + 40 = 112.5 AB + clamping stroke 6.5 + 20 = 26.5 AC + clamping stroke 62 + 20 = 82 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ20FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 20 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile options apply to the normal-magnet QCK configuration. Confirm that magnet version before selecting a listed sensor; the S suffix alone does not identify a strong-magnet version, which is outside this list. Match the actual switch groove, electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The QCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the normal-magnet QCK body; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa. The 5V100 valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa; the common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The original cylinder body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Its 50–200 mm/s range remains subject to the original load and inertia limits and is not an achieved-speed guarantee for this circuit. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 280 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

  • Airtac QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder - QCKL16X30S

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKL16X30S

    Specifications: QCKL16X30S is an AirTAC 16 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 30 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 16 16 mm nominal bore X30 30 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (rod-end code omitted) Tapered rod end with clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 7.5 mm Straight clamping stroke 30 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK16 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 15.1 N; OUT (extension): 20.1 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 30.2 N; OUT (extension): 40.2 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 45.2 N; OUT (extension): 60.3 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 60.3 N; OUT (extension): 80.4 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 75.4 N; OUT (extension): 100.5 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 90.5 N; OUT (extension): 120.6 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 105.6 N; OUT (extension): 140.7 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 120.6 N; OUT (extension): 160.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 1.053e-05 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details AD 13 B 29 BC 11 C 44.5 CA — CB 36 D 8 E M5×0.8 G 3.3 J 6 JA 3.5 JB 20 JC 28 K M4×0.7 KA 11 L M4×0.7 LA 7–13 LB 25 LC 5 M 14 MA 3 N 13.8 P M5×0.8 PA 15 PB 5.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 59 + 60 = 119 AB + clamping stroke 10.5 + 30 = 40.5 AC + clamping stroke 35.5 + 30 = 65.5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Clamp arm Free-cutting steel 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 21 Hex nut Carbon steel 22 Screw Free-cutting steel 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ16FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 16 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile options apply to the normal-magnet QCK configuration. Confirm that magnet version before selecting a listed sensor; the S suffix alone does not identify a strong-magnet version, which is outside this list. Match the actual switch groove, electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The QCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the normal-magnet QCK body; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa. The 5V100 valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa; the common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The original cylinder body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Its 50–200 mm/s range remains subject to the original load and inertia limits and is not an achieved-speed guarantee for this circuit. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 195 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

  • Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR20X20SM Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR20X20SM

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR20X20SM

    Specifications: QCKR20X20SM is an AirTAC 20 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 20 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 20 20 mm nominal bore X20 20 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately M Flat rod end without clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 9.5 mm Straight clamping stroke 20 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK20 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 20.1 N; OUT (extension): 31.4 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 40.2 N; OUT (extension): 62.8 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 60.3 N; OUT (extension): 94.2 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 80.4 N; OUT (extension): 125.7 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 100.5 N; OUT (extension): 157.1 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 120.6 N; OUT (extension): 188.5 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 140.7 N; OUT (extension): 219.9 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 160.8 N; OUT (extension): 251.3 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 5.257e-05 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details B 36 CA — D 12 F 4 FA 3 H 10 E M8×1.25 EA 13 G 5 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 25.5 JC 36 K M6×1 KA 17 M 18 MA 3 N 17.8 P M5×0.8 PA 30 PB 6 A + 2 × clamping stroke 72.5 + 40 = 112.5 AB + clamping stroke 6.5 + 20 = 26.5 AC + clamping stroke 62 + 20 = 82 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ20FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 20 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile options apply to the normal-magnet QCK configuration. Confirm that magnet version before selecting a listed sensor; the S suffix alone does not identify a strong-magnet version, which is outside this list. Match the actual switch groove, electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The QCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the normal-magnet QCK body; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa. The 5V100 valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa; the common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The original cylinder body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Its 50–200 mm/s range remains subject to the original load and inertia limits and is not an achieved-speed guarantee for this circuit. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 280 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

  • Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKL25X30SM Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKL25X30SM

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKL25X30SM

    Specifications: QCKL25X30SM is an AirTAC 25 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 30 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 25 25 mm nominal bore X30 30 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately M Flat rod end without clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 9.5 mm Straight clamping stroke 30 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK25 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 37.8 N; OUT (extension): 49.1 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 75.6 N; OUT (extension): 98.2 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 113.3 N; OUT (extension): 147.3 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 151.1 N; OUT (extension): 196.3 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 188.9 N; OUT (extension): 245.4 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 226.7 N; OUT (extension): 294.5 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 264.4 N; OUT (extension): 343.6 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 302.2 N; OUT (extension): 392.7 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 5.257e-05 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details B 40 CA — D 12 F 4 FA 3 H 10 E M8×1.25 EA 13 G 5 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 28 JC 40 K M6×1 KA 17 M 23 MA 6 N 22.5 P M5×0.8 PA 30 PB 7 A + 2 × clamping stroke 73.5 + 60 = 133.5 AB + clamping stroke 6.5 + 30 = 36.5 AC + clamping stroke 63 + 30 = 93 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ25FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 25 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile options apply to the normal-magnet QCK configuration. Confirm that magnet version before selecting a listed sensor; the S suffix alone does not identify a strong-magnet version, which is outside this list. Match the actual switch groove, electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The QCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the normal-magnet QCK body; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa. The 5V100 valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa; the common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The original cylinder body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Its 50–200 mm/s range remains subject to the original load and inertia limits and is not an achieved-speed guarantee for this circuit. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 410 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

  • Airtac QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder - QCKL25X30S Airtac QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder - QCKL25X30S - 2

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKL25X30S

    Specifications: QCKL25X30S is an AirTAC 25 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 30 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 25 25 mm nominal bore X30 30 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (rod-end code omitted) Tapered rod end with clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 9.5 mm Straight clamping stroke 30 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK25 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 37.8 N; OUT (extension): 49.1 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 75.6 N; OUT (extension): 98.2 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 113.3 N; OUT (extension): 147.3 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 151.1 N; OUT (extension): 196.3 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 188.9 N; OUT (extension): 245.4 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 226.7 N; OUT (extension): 294.5 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 264.4 N; OUT (extension): 343.6 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 302.2 N; OUT (extension): 392.7 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 5.257e-05 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details AD 16 B 40 BC 16 C 62 CA — CB 51 D 12 E M8×1.25 G 5 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 28 JC 40 K M6×1 KA 17 L M6×1 LA 9.5–20.5 LB 35 LC 7 M 23 MA 6 N 22.5 P M5×0.8 PA 30 PB 7 A + 2 × clamping stroke 87 + 60 = 147 AB + clamping stroke 8 + 30 = 38 AC + clamping stroke 63 + 30 = 93 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Clamp arm Free-cutting steel 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 21 Hex nut Carbon steel 22 Screw Free-cutting steel 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ25FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 25 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile options apply to the normal-magnet QCK configuration. Confirm that magnet version before selecting a listed sensor; the S suffix alone does not identify a strong-magnet version, which is outside this list. Match the actual switch groove, electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The QCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the normal-magnet QCK body; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa. The 5V100 valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa; the common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The original cylinder body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Its 50–200 mm/s range remains subject to the original load and inertia limits and is not an achieved-speed guarantee for this circuit. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 485 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

  • Airtac QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder - QCKL32X10S

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKL32X10S

    Specifications: QCKL32X10S is an AirTAC 32 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 10 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 32 32 mm nominal bore X10 10 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (rod-end code omitted) Tapered rod end with clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket (thread code omitted) PT1/8 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread PT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 15 mm Straight clamping stroke 10 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK32 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 60.3 N; OUT (extension): 80.4 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 120.6 N; OUT (extension): 160.8 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 181 N; OUT (extension): 241.3 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 241.3 N; OUT (extension): 321.7 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 301.6 N; OUT (extension): 402.1 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 361.9 N; OUT (extension): 482.5 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 422.2 N; OUT (extension): 563 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 482.5 N; OUT (extension): 643.4 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0001653 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details AD 19 B 45 BC 19 C 82 CA 49.5 CB 67 D 16 E M10×1.5 G 5 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 34 JC — K M6×1 KA 17 L M8×1.25 LA 13.5–25.5 LB 45 LC 10 M 30 MA 7 N 29.5 P PT1/8 PA 34.5 PB 8.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 108 + 20 = 128 AB + clamping stroke 17.5 + 10 = 27.5 AC + clamping stroke 71.5 + 10 = 81.5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Clamp arm Free-cutting steel 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 21 Hex nut Carbon steel 22 Screw Free-cutting steel 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ32FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 32 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for the normal-magnet QCK configuration. Confirm that magnet version before selecting a listed sensor; the S suffix alone does not identify a strong-magnet version, which is outside this list. Match the actual switch groove, electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG/DMSJ and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the normal-magnet QCK body; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For a G-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder working port; no speed adjustment PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separately selected valve P/A/B ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC601 or PTL601A at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC6M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal the tapered PT connection correctly. Seat the separate M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa. The 5V100 valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa; the common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The original cylinder body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Its 50–200 mm/s range remains subject to the original load and inertia limits and is not an achieved-speed guarantee for this circuit. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 595 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $109.98

  • Airtac QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder - QCKL32X50SG Airtac QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder - QCKL32X50SG - 2

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKL32X50SG

    Specifications: QCKL32X50SG is an AirTAC 32 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 50 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 32 32 mm nominal bore X50 50 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (rod-end code omitted) Tapered rod end with clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket G G1/8 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread G1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 15 mm Straight clamping stroke 50 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK32 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 60.3 N; OUT (extension): 80.4 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 120.6 N; OUT (extension): 160.8 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 181 N; OUT (extension): 241.3 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 241.3 N; OUT (extension): 321.7 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 301.6 N; OUT (extension): 402.1 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 361.9 N; OUT (extension): 482.5 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 422.2 N; OUT (extension): 563 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 482.5 N; OUT (extension): 643.4 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0001653 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details AD 19 B 45 BC 19 C 82 CA 49.5 CB 67 D 16 E M10×1.5 G 5 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 34 JC — K M6×1 KA 17 L M8×1.25 LA 13.5–25.5 LB 45 LC 10 M 30 MA 7 N 29.5 P G1/8 PA 34.5 PB 8.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 108 + 100 = 208 AB + clamping stroke 17.5 + 50 = 67.5 AC + clamping stroke 71.5 + 50 = 121.5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Clamp arm Free-cutting steel 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 21 Hex nut Carbon steel 22 Screw Free-cutting steel 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ32FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 32 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for the normal-magnet QCK configuration. Confirm that magnet version before selecting a listed sensor; the S suffix alone does not identify a strong-magnet version, which is outside this list. Match the actual switch groove, electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG/DMSJ and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the normal-magnet QCK body; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For a G-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder working port; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separately selected valve P/A/B ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose GPC601 or GPTL601A at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC6M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G parallel-thread sealing ring correctly; G and PT threads are not interchangeable. Seat the separate M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa. The 5V100 valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa; the common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The original cylinder body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Its 50–200 mm/s range remains subject to the original load and inertia limits and is not an achieved-speed guarantee for this circuit. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 950 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $142.23

  • Airtac QCK: Clamping Air Cylinder - QCKL40X10ST

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKL40X10ST

    Specifications: QCKL40X10ST is an AirTAC 40 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 10 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 40 40 mm nominal bore X10 10 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (rod-end code omitted) Tapered rod end with clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/8 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 15 mm Straight clamping stroke 10 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK40 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 105.6 N; OUT (extension): 125.7 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 211.1 N; OUT (extension): 251.3 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 316.7 N; OUT (extension): 377 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 422.2 N; OUT (extension): 502.7 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 527.8 N; OUT (extension): 628.3 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 633.3 N; OUT (extension): 754 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 738.9 N; OUT (extension): 879.6 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 844.5 N; OUT (extension): 1005.3 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0001653 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details AD 19 B 53 BC 19 C 85.5 CA 57 CB 67 D 16 E M10×1.5 G 5 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 40 JC — K M6×1 KA 17 L M8×1.25 LA 13.5–25.5 LB 45 LC 10 M 30 MA 3 N 29.5 P PT1/8 PA 26.5 PB 9 A + 2 × clamping stroke 109 + 20 = 129 AB + clamping stroke 25 + 10 = 35 AC + clamping stroke 65 + 10 = 75 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Clamp arm Free-cutting steel 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 21 Hex nut Carbon steel 22 Screw Free-cutting steel 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ40FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 40 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 680 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $125.36

  • Airtac QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder - QCKL40X20S Airtac QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder - QCKL40X20S - 2

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKL40X20S

    Specifications: QCKL40X20S is an AirTAC 40 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 20 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 40 40 mm nominal bore X20 20 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (rod-end code omitted) Tapered rod end with clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket (thread code omitted) PT1/8 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread PT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 15 mm Straight clamping stroke 20 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK40 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 105.6 N; OUT (extension): 125.7 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 211.1 N; OUT (extension): 251.3 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 316.7 N; OUT (extension): 377 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 422.2 N; OUT (extension): 502.7 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 527.8 N; OUT (extension): 628.3 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 633.3 N; OUT (extension): 754 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 738.9 N; OUT (extension): 879.6 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 844.5 N; OUT (extension): 1005.3 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0001653 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details AD 19 B 53 BC 19 C 85.5 CA 57 CB 67 D 16 E M10×1.5 G 5 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 40 JC — K M6×1 KA 17 L M8×1.25 LA 13.5–25.5 LB 45 LC 10 M 30 MA 3 N 29.5 P PT1/8 PA 26.5 PB 9 A + 2 × clamping stroke 109 + 40 = 149 AB + clamping stroke 25 + 20 = 45 AC + clamping stroke 65 + 20 = 85 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Clamp arm Free-cutting steel 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 21 Hex nut Carbon steel 22 Screw Free-cutting steel 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ40FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 40 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for the normal-magnet QCK configuration. Confirm that magnet version before selecting a listed sensor; the S suffix alone does not identify a strong-magnet version, which is outside this list. Match the actual switch groove, electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG/DMSJ and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the normal-magnet QCK body; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For a G-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder working port; no speed adjustment PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separately selected valve P/A/B ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC601 or PTL601A at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC6M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal the tapered PT connection correctly. Seat the separate M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa. The 5V100 valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa; the common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The original cylinder body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Its 50–200 mm/s range remains subject to the original load and inertia limits and is not an achieved-speed guarantee for this circuit. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 775 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $135.11

  • Airtac QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder - QCKR16X20SM

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR16X20SM

    Specifications: QCKR16X20SM is an AirTAC 16 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 20 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 16 16 mm nominal bore X20 20 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately M Flat rod end without clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 7.5 mm Straight clamping stroke 20 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK16 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 15.1 N; OUT (extension): 20.1 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 30.2 N; OUT (extension): 40.2 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 45.2 N; OUT (extension): 60.3 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 60.3 N; OUT (extension): 80.4 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 75.4 N; OUT (extension): 100.5 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 90.5 N; OUT (extension): 120.6 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 105.6 N; OUT (extension): 140.7 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 120.6 N; OUT (extension): 160.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 1.053e-05 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details B 29 CA — D 8 F 3 FA 2.5 H 7 E M5×0.8 EA 7 G 3.3 J 6 JA 3.5 JB 20 JC 28 K M4×0.7 KA 11 M 14 MA 3 N 13.8 P M5×0.8 PA 15 PB 5.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 48 + 40 = 88 AB + clamping stroke 9.5 + 20 = 29.5 AC + clamping stroke 35.5 + 20 = 55.5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ16FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 16 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile options apply to the normal-magnet QCK configuration. Confirm that magnet version before selecting a listed sensor; the S suffix alone does not identify a strong-magnet version, which is outside this list. Match the actual switch groove, electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The QCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the normal-magnet QCK body; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa. The 5V100 valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa; the common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The original cylinder body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Its 50–200 mm/s range remains subject to the original load and inertia limits and is not an achieved-speed guarantee for this circuit. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 135 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

  • Airtac QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder - QCKR32X20S

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR32X20S

    Specifications: QCKR32X20S is an AirTAC 32 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 20 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 32 32 mm nominal bore X20 20 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (rod-end code omitted) Tapered rod end with clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket (thread code omitted) PT1/8 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread PT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 15 mm Straight clamping stroke 20 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK32 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 60.3 N; OUT (extension): 80.4 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 120.6 N; OUT (extension): 160.8 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 181 N; OUT (extension): 241.3 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 241.3 N; OUT (extension): 321.7 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 301.6 N; OUT (extension): 402.1 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 361.9 N; OUT (extension): 482.5 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 422.2 N; OUT (extension): 563 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 482.5 N; OUT (extension): 643.4 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0001653 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details AD 19 B 45 BC 19 C 82 CA 49.5 CB 67 D 16 E M10×1.5 G 5 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 34 JC — K M6×1 KA 17 L M8×1.25 LA 13.5–25.5 LB 45 LC 10 M 30 MA 7 N 29.5 P PT1/8 PA 34.5 PB 8.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 108 + 40 = 148 AB + clamping stroke 17.5 + 20 = 37.5 AC + clamping stroke 71.5 + 20 = 91.5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Clamp arm Free-cutting steel 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 21 Hex nut Carbon steel 22 Screw Free-cutting steel 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ32FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 32 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed G-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for the normal-magnet QCK configuration. Confirm that magnet version before selecting a listed sensor; the S suffix alone does not identify a strong-magnet version, which is outside this list. Match the actual switch groove, electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG/DMSJ and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QCK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the normal-magnet QCK body; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For a G-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder working port; no speed adjustment PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separately selected valve P/A/B ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC601 or PTL601A at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC6M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal the tapered PT connection correctly. Seat the separate M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa. The 5V100 valve limit is 0.15–0.8 MPa; the common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The original cylinder body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Its 50–200 mm/s range remains subject to the original load and inertia limits and is not an achieved-speed guarantee for this circuit. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 665 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $117.35

  • Airtac QCK: Clamping Air Cylinder - QCKR63X20ST Airtac QCK: Clamping Air Cylinder - QCKR63X20ST - 2

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR63X20ST

    Specifications: QCKR63X20ST is an AirTAC 63 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 20 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 63 63 mm nominal bore X20 20 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (rod-end code omitted) Tapered rod end with clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 63 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 19 mm Straight clamping stroke 20 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK63 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 280.3 N; OUT (extension): 311.7 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 560.6 N; OUT (extension): 623.4 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 840.9 N; OUT (extension): 935.2 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 1121.2 N; OUT (extension): 1246.9 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 1401.5 N; OUT (extension): 1558.6 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 1681.9 N; OUT (extension): 1870.3 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 1962.2 N; OUT (extension): 2182.1 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 2242.5 N; OUT (extension): 2493.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0007387 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details AD 25.5 B 77 BC 25.5 C 120.5 CA 84 CB 88 D 20 E M12×1.75 G 8.5 J 14 JA 9 JB 60 JC — K M10×1.5 KA 28.5 L M10×1.5 LA 14.5–30 LB 65 LC 10 M 48 MA 3.5 N 47.5 P PT1/4 PA 34.5 PB 11.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 136 + 40 = 176 AB + clamping stroke 30.5 + 20 = 50.5 AC + clamping stroke 80 + 20 = 100 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Clamp arm Free-cutting steel 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 21 Hex nut Carbon steel 22 Screw Free-cutting steel 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ63FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 63 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 1880 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $221.61

  • Airtac  QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder  - QCKR63X50SMT

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR63X50SMT

    Specifications: QCKR63X50SMT is an AirTAC 63 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 50 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 63 63 mm nominal bore X50 50 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately M Flat rod end without clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 63 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 19 mm Straight clamping stroke 50 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK63 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 280.3 N; OUT (extension): 311.7 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 560.6 N; OUT (extension): 623.4 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 840.9 N; OUT (extension): 935.2 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 1121.2 N; OUT (extension): 1246.9 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 1401.5 N; OUT (extension): 1558.6 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 1681.9 N; OUT (extension): 1870.3 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 1962.2 N; OUT (extension): 2182.1 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 2242.5 N; OUT (extension): 2493.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0007387 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details B 77 CA 84 D 20 F 7.5 FA 5.5 H 17 E M12×1.75 EA 20 G 8.5 J 14 JA 9 JB 60 JC — K M10×1.5 KA 28.5 M 48 MA 3.5 N 47.5 P PT1/4 PA 34.5 PB 11.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 115 + 100 = 215 AB + clamping stroke 27.5 + 50 = 77.5 AC + clamping stroke 80 + 50 = 130 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ63FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 63 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 2100 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $240.85

  • Airtac  QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder  - QCKR63X30SMFBT

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR63X30SMFBT

    Specifications: QCKR63X30SMFBT is an AirTAC 63 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 30 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 63 63 mm nominal bore X30 30 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately M Flat rod end without clamp arm FB Rear flange mounting T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 63 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 19 mm Straight clamping stroke 30 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK63 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 280.3 N; OUT (extension): 311.7 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 560.6 N; OUT (extension): 623.4 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 840.9 N; OUT (extension): 935.2 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 1121.2 N; OUT (extension): 1246.9 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 1401.5 N; OUT (extension): 1558.6 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 1681.9 N; OUT (extension): 1870.3 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 1962.2 N; OUT (extension): 2182.1 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 2242.5 N; OUT (extension): 2493.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0007387 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details B 77 CA 84 D 20 F 7.5 FA 5.5 H 17 E M12×1.75 EA 20 G 8.5 J 14 JA 9 JB 60 JC — K M10×1.5 KA 28.5 M 48 MA 3.5 N 47.5 P PT1/4 PA 34.5 PB 11.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 115 + 60 = 175 AB + clamping stroke 27.5 + 30 = 57.5 AC + clamping stroke 80 + 30 = 110 Rear-flange installation dimensions Parameter Details M 60 N 10.5 N1 16.5 FD 9 FT 9 FV 80 FX 92 FZ 108 Q + 2 × clamping stroke 175 R + clamping stroke 110 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ63FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 63 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code includes FB rear-flange mounting. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 1935 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The estimate includes 1725 g for the cylinder without arm, 0 g for the arm configuration and an estimated 210 g for the rear flange.

    $226.68

  • Airtac  QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder  - QCKR63X30SMT

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR63X30SMT

    Specifications: QCKR63X30SMT is an AirTAC 63 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 30 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 63 63 mm nominal bore X30 30 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately M Flat rod end without clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 63 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 19 mm Straight clamping stroke 30 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK63 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 280.3 N; OUT (extension): 311.7 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 560.6 N; OUT (extension): 623.4 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 840.9 N; OUT (extension): 935.2 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 1121.2 N; OUT (extension): 1246.9 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 1401.5 N; OUT (extension): 1558.6 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 1681.9 N; OUT (extension): 1870.3 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 1962.2 N; OUT (extension): 2182.1 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 2242.5 N; OUT (extension): 2493.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0007387 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details B 77 CA 84 D 20 F 7.5 FA 5.5 H 17 E M12×1.75 EA 20 G 8.5 J 14 JA 9 JB 60 JC — K M10×1.5 KA 28.5 M 48 MA 3.5 N 47.5 P PT1/4 PA 34.5 PB 11.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 115 + 60 = 175 AB + clamping stroke 27.5 + 30 = 57.5 AC + clamping stroke 80 + 30 = 110 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ63FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 63 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 1725 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $207.91

  • Airtac  QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder  - QCKR63X20SMT

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR63X20SMT

    Specifications: QCKR63X20SMT is an AirTAC 63 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 20 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 63 63 mm nominal bore X20 20 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately M Flat rod end without clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 63 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 19 mm Straight clamping stroke 20 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK63 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 280.3 N; OUT (extension): 311.7 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 560.6 N; OUT (extension): 623.4 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 840.9 N; OUT (extension): 935.2 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 1121.2 N; OUT (extension): 1246.9 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 1401.5 N; OUT (extension): 1558.6 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 1681.9 N; OUT (extension): 1870.3 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 1962.2 N; OUT (extension): 2182.1 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 2242.5 N; OUT (extension): 2493.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0007387 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details B 77 CA 84 D 20 F 7.5 FA 5.5 H 17 E M12×1.75 EA 20 G 8.5 J 14 JA 9 JB 60 JC — K M10×1.5 KA 28.5 M 48 MA 3.5 N 47.5 P PT1/4 PA 34.5 PB 11.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 115 + 40 = 155 AB + clamping stroke 27.5 + 20 = 47.5 AC + clamping stroke 80 + 20 = 100 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ63FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 63 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 1540 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $191.47

  • Airtac  QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder  - QCKR50X50SMT

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR50X50SMT

    Specifications: QCKR50X50SMT is an AirTAC 50 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 50 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 50 50 mm nominal bore X50 50 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately M Flat rod end without clamp arm (mounting code omitted) No mounting bracket T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 50 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 19 mm Straight clamping stroke 50 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK50 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 164.9 N; OUT (extension): 196.3 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 329.9 N; OUT (extension): 392.7 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 494.8 N; OUT (extension): 589 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 659.7 N; OUT (extension): 785.4 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 824.7 N; OUT (extension): 981.7 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 989.6 N; OUT (extension): 1178.1 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 1154.5 N; OUT (extension): 1374.4 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 1319.5 N; OUT (extension): 1570.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0007387 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details B 64 CA 71 D 20 F 7.5 FA 5.5 H 17 E M12×1.75 EA 20 G 6.5 J 10.5 JA 6.5 JB 50 JC — K M8×1.25 KA 22 M 37 MA 3.5 N 36.5 P PT1/4 PA 34 PB 11.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 112 + 100 = 212 AB + clamping stroke 28 + 50 = 78 AC + clamping stroke 76.5 + 50 = 126.5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ50FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 50 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code has no FB mounting suffix; do not treat a separately illustrated flange as included. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 1480 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $187.53

  • Airtac  QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder  - QCKR63X10SMFBT

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR63X10SMFBT

    Specifications: QCKR63X10SMFBT is an AirTAC 63 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 10 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 63 63 mm nominal bore X10 10 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately M Flat rod end without clamp arm FB Rear flange mounting T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 63 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 19 mm Straight clamping stroke 10 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK63 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 280.3 N; OUT (extension): 311.7 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 560.6 N; OUT (extension): 623.4 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 840.9 N; OUT (extension): 935.2 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 1121.2 N; OUT (extension): 1246.9 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 1401.5 N; OUT (extension): 1558.6 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 1681.9 N; OUT (extension): 1870.3 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 1962.2 N; OUT (extension): 2182.1 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 2242.5 N; OUT (extension): 2493.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0007387 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details B 77 CA 84 D 20 F 7.5 FA 5.5 H 17 E M12×1.75 EA 20 G 8.5 J 14 JA 9 JB 60 JC — K M10×1.5 KA 28.5 M 48 MA 3.5 N 47.5 P PT1/4 PA 34.5 PB 11.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 115 + 20 = 135 AB + clamping stroke 27.5 + 10 = 37.5 AC + clamping stroke 80 + 10 = 90 Rear-flange installation dimensions Parameter Details M 60 N 10.5 N1 16.5 FD 9 FT 9 FV 80 FX 92 FZ 108 Q + 2 × clamping stroke 135 R + clamping stroke 90 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ63FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 63 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code includes FB rear-flange mounting. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 1560 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The estimate includes 1350 g for the cylinder without arm, 0 g for the arm configuration and an estimated 210 g for the rear flange.

    $193.61

  • Airtac  QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder  - QCKR50X20SFBT

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR50X20SFBT

    Specifications: QCKR50X20SFBT is an AirTAC 50 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 20 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 50 50 mm nominal bore X20 20 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (rod-end code omitted) Tapered rod end with clamp arm FB Rear flange mounting T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 50 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 19 mm Straight clamping stroke 20 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK50 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 164.9 N; OUT (extension): 196.3 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 329.9 N; OUT (extension): 392.7 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 494.8 N; OUT (extension): 589 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 659.7 N; OUT (extension): 785.4 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 824.7 N; OUT (extension): 981.7 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 989.6 N; OUT (extension): 1178.1 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 1154.5 N; OUT (extension): 1374.4 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 1319.5 N; OUT (extension): 1570.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0007387 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details AD 25.5 B 64 BC 25.5 C 114 CA 71 CB 88 D 20 E M12×1.75 G 6.5 J 10.5 JA 6.5 JB 50 JC — K M8×1.25 KA 22 L M10×1.5 LA 14.5–30 LB 65 LC 10 M 37 MA 3.5 N 36.5 P PT1/4 PA 34 PB 11.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 133 + 40 = 173 AB + clamping stroke 31 + 20 = 51 AC + clamping stroke 76.5 + 20 = 96.5 Rear-flange installation dimensions Parameter Details M 50 N 8.5 N1 13.5 FD 6.5 FT 9 FV 67 FX 76 FZ 89 Q + 2 × clamping stroke 147.5 R + clamping stroke 96.5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Clamp arm Free-cutting steel 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 21 Hex nut Carbon steel 22 Screw Free-cutting steel 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ50FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 50 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code includes FB rear-flange mounting. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 1545 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The estimate includes 1060 g for the cylinder without arm, 340 g for the arm configuration and an estimated 145 g for the rear flange.

    $193.03

  • Airtac  QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder  - QCKR63X20SMFBT

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR63X20SMFBT

    Specifications: QCKR63X20SMFBT is an AirTAC 63 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 20 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 63 63 mm nominal bore X20 20 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately M Flat rod end without clamp arm FB Rear flange mounting T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 63 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 19 mm Straight clamping stroke 20 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK63 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 280.3 N; OUT (extension): 311.7 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 560.6 N; OUT (extension): 623.4 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 840.9 N; OUT (extension): 935.2 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 1121.2 N; OUT (extension): 1246.9 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 1401.5 N; OUT (extension): 1558.6 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 1681.9 N; OUT (extension): 1870.3 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 1962.2 N; OUT (extension): 2182.1 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 2242.5 N; OUT (extension): 2493.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0007387 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details B 77 CA 84 D 20 F 7.5 FA 5.5 H 17 E M12×1.75 EA 20 G 8.5 J 14 JA 9 JB 60 JC — K M10×1.5 KA 28.5 M 48 MA 3.5 N 47.5 P PT1/4 PA 34.5 PB 11.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 115 + 40 = 155 AB + clamping stroke 27.5 + 20 = 47.5 AC + clamping stroke 80 + 20 = 100 Rear-flange installation dimensions Parameter Details M 60 N 10.5 N1 16.5 FD 9 FT 9 FV 80 FX 92 FZ 108 Q + 2 × clamping stroke 155 R + clamping stroke 100 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ63FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 63 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code includes FB rear-flange mounting. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 1750 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The estimate includes 1540 g for the cylinder without arm, 0 g for the arm configuration and an estimated 210 g for the rear flange.

    $210.24

  • Airtac  QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder  - QCKR63X50SFBT

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR63X50SFBT

    Specifications: QCKR63X50SFBT is an AirTAC 63 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 50 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 63 63 mm nominal bore X50 50 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (rod-end code omitted) Tapered rod end with clamp arm FB Rear flange mounting T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 63 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 19 mm Straight clamping stroke 50 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK63 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 280.3 N; OUT (extension): 311.7 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 560.6 N; OUT (extension): 623.4 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 840.9 N; OUT (extension): 935.2 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 1121.2 N; OUT (extension): 1246.9 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 1401.5 N; OUT (extension): 1558.6 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 1681.9 N; OUT (extension): 1870.3 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 1962.2 N; OUT (extension): 2182.1 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 2242.5 N; OUT (extension): 2493.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0007387 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details AD 25.5 B 77 BC 25.5 C 120.5 CA 84 CB 88 D 20 E M12×1.75 G 8.5 J 14 JA 9 JB 60 JC — K M10×1.5 KA 28.5 L M10×1.5 LA 14.5–30 LB 65 LC 10 M 48 MA 3.5 N 47.5 P PT1/4 PA 34.5 PB 11.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 136 + 100 = 236 AB + clamping stroke 30.5 + 50 = 80.5 AC + clamping stroke 80 + 50 = 130 Rear-flange installation dimensions Parameter Details M 60 N 10.5 N1 16.5 FD 9 FT 9 FV 80 FX 92 FZ 108 Q + 2 × clamping stroke 210.5 R + clamping stroke 130 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Clamp arm Free-cutting steel 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 21 Hex nut Carbon steel 22 Screw Free-cutting steel 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ63FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 63 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code includes FB rear-flange mounting. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 2650 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The estimate includes 2100 g for the cylinder without arm, 340 g for the arm configuration and an estimated 210 g for the rear flange.

    $289.76

  • Airtac  QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder  - QCKR63X50SMFBT

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR63X50SMFBT

    Specifications: QCKR63X50SMFBT is an AirTAC 63 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 50 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 63 63 mm nominal bore X50 50 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately M Flat rod end without clamp arm FB Rear flange mounting T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 63 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 19 mm Straight clamping stroke 50 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK63 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 280.3 N; OUT (extension): 311.7 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 560.6 N; OUT (extension): 623.4 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 840.9 N; OUT (extension): 935.2 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 1121.2 N; OUT (extension): 1246.9 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 1401.5 N; OUT (extension): 1558.6 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 1681.9 N; OUT (extension): 1870.3 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 1962.2 N; OUT (extension): 2182.1 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 2242.5 N; OUT (extension): 2493.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0007387 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details B 77 CA 84 D 20 F 7.5 FA 5.5 H 17 E M12×1.75 EA 20 G 8.5 J 14 JA 9 JB 60 JC — K M10×1.5 KA 28.5 M 48 MA 3.5 N 47.5 P PT1/4 PA 34.5 PB 11.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 115 + 100 = 215 AB + clamping stroke 27.5 + 50 = 77.5 AC + clamping stroke 80 + 50 = 130 Rear-flange installation dimensions Parameter Details M 60 N 10.5 N1 16.5 FD 9 FT 9 FV 80 FX 92 FZ 108 Q + 2 × clamping stroke 215 R + clamping stroke 130 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ63FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 63 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code includes FB rear-flange mounting. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 2310 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The estimate includes 2100 g for the cylinder without arm, 0 g for the arm configuration and an estimated 210 g for the rear flange.

    $259.75

  • Airtac  QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder  - QCKR63X30SFBT

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR63X30SFBT

    Specifications: QCKR63X30SFBT is an AirTAC 63 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 30 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 63 63 mm nominal bore X30 30 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (rod-end code omitted) Tapered rod end with clamp arm FB Rear flange mounting T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 63 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 19 mm Straight clamping stroke 30 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK63 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 280.3 N; OUT (extension): 311.7 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 560.6 N; OUT (extension): 623.4 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 840.9 N; OUT (extension): 935.2 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 1121.2 N; OUT (extension): 1246.9 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 1401.5 N; OUT (extension): 1558.6 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 1681.9 N; OUT (extension): 1870.3 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 1962.2 N; OUT (extension): 2182.1 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 2242.5 N; OUT (extension): 2493.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0007387 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details AD 25.5 B 77 BC 25.5 C 120.5 CA 84 CB 88 D 20 E M12×1.75 G 8.5 J 14 JA 9 JB 60 JC — K M10×1.5 KA 28.5 L M10×1.5 LA 14.5–30 LB 65 LC 10 M 48 MA 3.5 N 47.5 P PT1/4 PA 34.5 PB 11.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 136 + 60 = 196 AB + clamping stroke 30.5 + 30 = 60.5 AC + clamping stroke 80 + 30 = 110 Rear-flange installation dimensions Parameter Details M 60 N 10.5 N1 16.5 FD 9 FT 9 FV 80 FX 92 FZ 108 Q + 2 × clamping stroke 170.5 R + clamping stroke 110 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Clamp arm Free-cutting steel 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 21 Hex nut Carbon steel 22 Screw Free-cutting steel 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ63FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 63 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code includes FB rear-flange mounting. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 2275 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The estimate includes 1725 g for the cylinder without arm, 340 g for the arm configuration and an estimated 210 g for the rear flange.

    $256.82

  • Airtac  QCK series: rotary clamping cylinder  - QCKR50X30SFBT

    Airtac QCK series: rotary clamp cylinder - QCKR50X30SFBT

    Specifications: QCKR50X30SFBT is an AirTAC 50 mm rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 30 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) Download 2022 slide, clamp and stopper accessories (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Order-code scope The supplied QCK ordering tables define blank = PT and G = G thread. They do not define the T suffix in this listing. Confirm the full code and actual port thread before ordering; the catalog dimensions below are a PT-thread series reference. This model code Parameter Details QCK rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 50 50 mm nominal bore X30 30 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (rod-end code omitted) Tapered rod end with clamp arm FB Rear flange mounting T Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Design and operating features The QPQ-treated rod improves resistance to welding spatter. The detailed parts table specifies a stainless dust scraper on bores above 16 mm; it is absent on 12/16 mm versions. Cylinder-body mounting dimensions follow the corresponding ACQ size. The catalog explicitly identifies the shared flange order codes. The tapered rod-end arm can be set to the required angular position before tightening; the M flat rod-end version does not include a clamp arm. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 50 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread Thread not defined for T; catalog standard is PT1/4 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Rotation travel drawing tolerance 90° ±3°; distinct from ±2° repeatability Rotation stroke 19 mm Straight clamping stroke 30 mm Clamping-stroke tolerance +1.0/0 mm Piston speed 50–200 mm/s, subject to the inertia graph Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QCK50 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. For normal magnets, QCK refers to the matching ACQ sensor selection. The installation note recommends DS1-69AM for a strong-magnet version; the S code in this product does not separately identify a strong-magnet option. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa IN (clamping): 164.9 N; OUT (extension): 196.3 N 0.2 MPa IN (clamping): 329.9 N; OUT (extension): 392.7 N 0.3 MPa IN (clamping): 494.8 N; OUT (extension): 589 N 0.4 MPa IN (clamping): 659.7 N; OUT (extension): 785.4 N 0.5 MPa IN (clamping): 824.7 N; OUT (extension): 981.7 N 0.6 MPa IN (clamping): 989.6 N; OUT (extension): 1178.1 N 0.7 MPa IN (clamping): 1154.5 N; OUT (extension): 1374.4 N 0.8 MPa IN (clamping): 1319.5 N; OUT (extension): 1570.8 N These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Standard clamp-arm assembly rotational inertia 0.0007387 kg·m²; this reference does not mean an arm is included with an M rod end Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QCK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QCK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QCK20/25 peak speed below 82 mm/s; QCK32/40 below 150 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Inertia calculation references Parameter Details Units Mass in kg; lengths in m; inertia I in kg·m² Slender rod, axis at its center I = m × a² / 12 Slender rod, divided at the rotation axis I = (m₁ × a₁² + m₂ × a₂²) / 3 Thin rectangular plate, central perpendicular axis I = m × (a² + b²) / 12 Cylindrical fixture offset from the axis I = m × D² / 8 + m × L² Total moving inertia I_total = I_arm + I_fixture; include every moving attachment Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details AD 25.5 B 64 BC 25.5 C 114 CA 71 CB 88 D 20 E M12×1.75 G 6.5 J 10.5 JA 6.5 JB 50 JC — K M8×1.25 KA 22 L M10×1.5 LA 14.5–30 LB 65 LC 10 M 37 MA 3.5 N 36.5 P PT1/4 PA 34 PB 11.5 A + 2 × clamping stroke 133 + 60 = 193 AB + clamping stroke 31 + 30 = 61 AC + clamping stroke 76.5 + 30 = 106.5 Rear-flange installation dimensions Parameter Details M 50 N 8.5 N1 13.5 FD 6.5 FT 9 FV 67 FX 76 FZ 89 Q + 2 × clamping stroke 167.5 R + clamping stroke 106.5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Clamp arm Free-cutting steel 2 Countersunk socket screw Medium-carbon or low-carbon steel 3 Dust scraper Not fitted for 12/16 mm; stainless steel for other bores 4 Front-cover seal NBR 5 Piston rod SCr440 6 Front cover Aluminum alloy 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Anti-rotation screw Medium-carbon or low-alloy steel 9 Steel pin SCr440 10 O-ring NBR 11 O-ring NBR 12 Body Aluminum alloy 13 Magnet holder Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 14 Magnet pad NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron for 12–25 mm; plastic for other bores 16 Piston seal NBR 17 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 18 Bumper TPU for 12–25 mm; NBR for other bores 19 Wear ring Not fitted for 12–32 mm; wear-resistant material for other bores 20 Piston Brass for 12/16 mm; aluminum alloy for other bores 21 Hex nut Carbon steel 22 Screw Free-cutting steel 23 Bumper PTFE for 12–40 mm; POM for other bores Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The catalog lists F-ACQ50FA as the shared aluminum-alloy flange order code for the 50 mm QCK size. It is used with the rear FB mounting configuration shown on the QCK installation drawing; the printed accessory code remains FA. This full order code includes FB rear-flange mounting. A front-flange requirement is referred to the manufacturer in the source. Do not rename the shared FA part code or assume all other ACQ accessories suit every QCK configuration. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Clean welding spatter from the rod and dust-scraper area. The FB configuration uses a rear flange; the source shows both upper and lower fixture-plate mounting arrangements. Estimated weight 1685 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The estimate includes 1200 g for the cylinder without arm, 340 g for the arm configuration and an estimated 145 g for the rear flange.

    $206.13


You have seen 24 out of 472 products

Footer image

© 2026 Airtac, Powered by Shopify

  • US (USD $) US (USD $)
  • Ach Direct Debit
  • Amazon
  • American Express
  • Apple Pay
  • Bizum
  • Diners Club
  • Discover
  • Google Pay
  • Mastercard
  • MB WAY
  • PayPal
  • Satispay
  • Shop Pay
  • USDC
  • Visa